2006-06-04 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2006-05-31
|
2007-02-11 01:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 08:35:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
2007-02-11 01:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the end of the file for license conditions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-06-04 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This file is about changes in emacs version 20.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
|
|
|
|
|
|
only for character input, but also in incremental search. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g. iso-2022-jp). They are ignored in incremental search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
|
|
|
|
|
|
been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Not new, but not mentioned before:
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 20.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name
|
|
|
|
|
|
`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
|
|
|
|
|
|
is the one that is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
|
|
|
|
|
|
the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
|
|
|
|
|
|
separate from the command's regular output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
|
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
|
|
|
|
|
|
output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
|
|
|
|
|
|
it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not
|
|
|
|
|
|
cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
|
|
|
|
|
|
is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For
|
|
|
|
|
|
example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
|
|
|
|
|
|
match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
|
|
|
|
|
|
quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
|
|
|
|
|
|
now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
|
|
|
|
|
|
if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
|
|
|
|
|
|
they never ignore case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
|
|
|
|
|
|
under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
|
|
|
|
|
|
applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a
|
|
|
|
|
|
part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
|
|
|
|
|
|
the same format that was used in the file before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
|
|
|
|
|
|
renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
|
|
|
|
|
|
your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
|
|
|
|
|
|
is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual
|
|
|
|
|
|
end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
|
|
|
|
|
|
eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
|
|
|
|
|
|
control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
|
|
|
|
|
|
format. You can now customize these variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
|
|
|
|
|
|
filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a
|
|
|
|
|
|
filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
|
|
|
|
|
|
windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
|
|
|
|
|
|
dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file
|
|
|
|
|
|
doesn't have any effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
|
|
|
|
|
|
not one per buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
|
|
|
|
|
|
use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`auto-show-mode' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
|
|
|
|
|
|
avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous
|
|
|
|
|
|
versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
|
|
|
|
|
|
choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change
|
|
|
|
|
|
occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
|
|
|
|
|
|
cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
|
|
|
|
|
|
character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this
|
|
|
|
|
|
feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
|
|
|
|
|
|
the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
|
|
|
|
|
|
interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
|
|
|
|
|
|
that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
|
|
|
|
|
|
one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
|
|
|
|
|
|
codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
|
|
|
|
|
|
set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
|
|
|
|
|
|
from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
|
|
|
|
|
|
equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
|
|
|
|
|
|
a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`?' on other systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
|
|
|
|
|
|
feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
|
|
|
|
|
|
current codepage when it starts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mail changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
|
|
|
|
|
|
`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
|
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate MIME headers are added. The headers are added only if
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
|
|
|
|
|
|
MIME headers are already present. For example, the following three
|
|
|
|
|
|
headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
|
|
|
|
|
|
latin-1:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MIME-version: 1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
|
|
|
|
|
|
default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than
|
|
|
|
|
|
default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
|
|
|
|
|
|
sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer-file-coding-system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set
|
|
|
|
|
|
sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
|
|
|
|
|
|
mail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
|
|
|
|
|
|
if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
|
|
|
|
|
|
list of possible coding systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** CC Mode changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
|
|
|
|
|
|
modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
|
|
|
|
|
|
longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's
|
|
|
|
|
|
docstring for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
|
|
|
|
|
|
symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
|
|
|
|
|
|
found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
|
|
|
|
|
|
prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied
|
|
|
|
|
|
lineup functions use this feature currently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
|
|
|
|
|
|
"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
|
|
|
|
|
|
"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
|
|
|
|
|
|
from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new
|
|
|
|
|
|
symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
|
|
|
|
|
|
anonymous classes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
|
|
|
|
|
|
syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
|
|
|
|
|
|
inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
|
|
|
|
|
|
support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup
|
|
|
|
|
|
function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
|
|
|
|
|
|
brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
|
|
|
|
|
|
(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
|
|
|
|
|
|
for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
|
|
|
|
|
|
circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
|
|
|
|
|
|
class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Gnus changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
|
|
|
|
|
|
added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gnus manual for the full story.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
|
|
|
|
|
|
before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
group, which is created automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
|
|
|
|
|
|
values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
|
|
|
|
|
|
outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
|
|
|
|
|
|
`C-u C-c C-c'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
re-highlighting of the article buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
|
|
|
|
|
|
`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
|
|
|
|
|
|
control over simplification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
limit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
|
|
|
|
|
|
rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Canceling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix
|
|
|
|
|
|
`a' forces normal posting method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
|
|
|
|
|
|
-- `W d'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
|
|
|
|
|
|
to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
|
|
|
|
|
|
where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A history of where mails have been split is available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
|
|
|
|
|
|
`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
|
|
|
|
|
|
been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
|
|
|
|
|
|
updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
|
|
|
|
|
|
options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in
|
|
|
|
|
|
nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a
|
|
|
|
|
|
TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
|
|
|
|
|
|
of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run
|
|
|
|
|
|
TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
|
|
|
|
|
|
can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
|
|
|
|
|
|
but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
|
|
|
|
|
|
the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur*
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
|
|
|
|
|
|
mismatch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to RefTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
|
|
|
|
|
|
file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
|
|
|
|
|
|
lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be
|
|
|
|
|
|
removed from the label.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
|
|
|
|
|
|
a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the
|
|
|
|
|
|
customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
|
|
|
|
|
|
expressions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New/deleted modes and packages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
|
|
|
|
|
|
SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
|
|
|
|
|
|
editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
|
|
|
|
|
|
SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and
|
|
|
|
|
|
this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
|
|
|
|
|
|
conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details,
|
|
|
|
|
|
check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
|
|
|
|
|
|
distribution when the config.bat script is run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
|
|
|
|
|
|
MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
|
|
|
|
|
|
controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
|
|
|
|
|
|
directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
|
|
|
|
|
|
string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
|
|
|
|
|
|
program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of
|
|
|
|
|
|
printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
|
|
|
|
|
|
output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
|
|
|
|
|
|
temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
|
|
|
|
|
|
program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these
|
|
|
|
|
|
programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
|
|
|
|
|
|
as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
|
|
|
|
|
|
ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
|
|
|
|
|
|
a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
|
|
|
|
|
|
MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but
|
|
|
|
|
|
was not documented clearly before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This includes Tetris and Snake.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
|
|
|
|
|
|
return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
|
|
|
|
|
|
meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
|
|
|
|
|
|
WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in the file-attributes function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
|
|
|
|
|
|
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
|
|
|
|
|
|
integers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
|
|
|
|
|
|
files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same
|
|
|
|
|
|
arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
|
|
|
|
|
|
file names and attributes are returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
|
|
|
|
|
|
sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It
|
|
|
|
|
|
accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
|
|
|
|
|
|
returns the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New functions for base64 conversion:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region
|
|
|
|
|
|
performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported
|
|
|
|
|
|
optionally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
|
|
|
|
|
|
job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new function process-running-child-p
|
|
|
|
|
|
will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
|
|
|
|
|
|
terminal to its own child process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
|
|
|
|
|
|
when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
|
|
|
|
|
|
itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
|
|
|
|
|
|
be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:included is an alias for :visible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
|
|
|
|
|
|
easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
to move or copy menu entries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Multibyte editing changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is
|
|
|
|
|
|
an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to
|
|
|
|
|
|
make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
|
|
|
|
|
|
work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and
|
|
|
|
|
|
char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq char (sref str idx)
|
|
|
|
|
|
idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
|
|
|
|
|
|
(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
|
|
|
|
|
|
region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
|
|
|
|
|
|
deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
|
|
|
|
|
|
across the boundary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
|
|
|
|
|
|
`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
|
|
|
|
|
|
o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
|
|
|
|
|
|
contains 8-bit characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
|
|
|
|
|
|
contains invalid characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
|
|
|
|
|
|
text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly
|
|
|
|
|
|
preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing
|
|
|
|
|
|
text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
|
|
|
|
|
|
way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
|
|
|
|
|
|
end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
|
|
|
|
|
|
prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
|
|
|
|
|
|
compose Thai characters in a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
|
|
|
|
|
|
argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name
|
|
|
|
|
|
for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
|
|
|
|
|
|
menus should always use the third argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
|
|
|
|
|
|
read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second
|
|
|
|
|
|
arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current
|
|
|
|
|
|
input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in
|
|
|
|
|
|
programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
|
|
|
|
|
|
inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it
|
|
|
|
|
|
returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
|
|
|
|
|
|
echo area contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
|
|
|
|
|
|
requested feature cannot be loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
|
|
|
|
|
|
foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
means to clear out that attribute.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
|
|
|
|
|
|
gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
|
|
|
|
|
|
read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
|
|
|
|
|
|
end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
|
|
|
|
|
|
the gap of the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
|
|
|
|
|
|
to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
|
|
|
|
|
|
facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
|
|
|
|
|
|
it back in after any modifications have been made.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
|
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
|
|
|
|
|
|
directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and
|
|
|
|
|
|
subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose
|
|
|
|
|
|
names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory
|
|
|
|
|
|
which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
|
|
|
|
|
|
starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
|
|
|
|
|
|
time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
|
|
|
|
|
|
to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
|
|
|
|
|
|
subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
|
|
|
|
|
|
`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
|
|
|
|
|
|
results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
|
|
|
|
|
|
GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
|
|
|
|
|
|
that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
|
|
|
|
|
|
fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
|
|
|
|
|
|
including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
|
|
|
|
|
|
perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
|
|
|
|
|
|
specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired
|
|
|
|
|
|
region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing
|
|
|
|
|
|
further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
|
|
|
|
|
|
command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made
|
|
|
|
|
|
within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
|
|
|
|
|
|
are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
|
|
|
|
|
|
region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
|
|
|
|
|
|
selective undo.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
|
|
|
|
|
|
unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
|
|
|
|
|
|
effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
|
|
|
|
|
|
though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
-*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to
|
|
|
|
|
|
load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
|
|
|
|
|
|
no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the
|
|
|
|
|
|
enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
|
|
|
|
|
|
something that most users not do.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
|
|
|
|
|
|
operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
|
|
|
|
|
|
applications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
|
|
|
|
|
|
pasting operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
|
|
|
|
|
|
setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks
|
|
|
|
|
|
like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different
|
|
|
|
|
|
printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-printer-name'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
|
|
|
|
|
|
minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember
|
|
|
|
|
|
any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
|
|
|
|
|
|
except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting
|
|
|
|
|
|
incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
|
|
|
|
|
|
hits a new word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
|
|
|
|
|
|
to be confused by TeX commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
|
|
|
|
|
|
correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
|
|
|
|
|
|
clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
of various alternative replacements and actions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several
|
|
|
|
|
|
corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
|
|
|
|
|
|
alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
|
|
|
|
|
|
flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
|
|
|
|
|
|
flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in input method usage.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
|
|
|
|
|
|
the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
|
|
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
|
|
|
|
|
|
that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
|
|
|
|
|
|
when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
|
|
|
|
|
|
given in the following case:
|
|
|
|
|
|
o When you are using a complex input method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
|
|
|
|
|
|
setting it to t is helpful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
|
|
|
|
|
|
keys:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
|
|
|
|
|
|
F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja
|
|
|
|
|
|
These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
|
|
|
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
|
|
|
|
|
|
names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the
|
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
|
|
|
|
|
|
get
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/foo//etc/passwd
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
|
|
|
|
|
|
at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
its owner and group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
|
|
|
|
|
|
which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
|
|
|
|
|
|
in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified
|
|
|
|
|
|
by the left edge of the rectangle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
|
|
|
|
|
|
increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful
|
|
|
|
|
|
for writing keyboard macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
|
|
|
|
|
|
files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
|
|
|
|
|
|
the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define
|
|
|
|
|
|
additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
info.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
|
|
|
|
|
|
query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
|
|
|
|
|
|
confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call
|
|
|
|
|
|
the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
|
|
|
|
|
|
says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
|
|
|
|
|
|
literally. If you say no, it signals an error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
|
|
|
|
|
|
now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
|
|
|
|
|
|
inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
|
|
|
|
|
|
failure if the command produces no output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
|
|
|
|
|
|
manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
|
|
|
|
|
|
the mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
|
mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
|
|
|
|
|
|
function and variable names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
|
|
|
|
|
|
reading specific files. This has higher priority than
|
|
|
|
|
|
file-coding-system-alist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
|
|
|
|
|
|
t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
|
|
|
|
|
|
converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
|
|
|
|
|
|
the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed
|
|
|
|
|
|
according to the current fontset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
|
|
|
|
|
|
that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
|
|
|
|
|
|
nonascii-insert-offset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
|
|
|
|
|
|
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
|
|
|
|
|
|
nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
|
|
|
|
|
|
an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
|
|
|
|
|
|
letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
|
|
|
|
|
|
command keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
|
|
|
|
|
|
user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
|
|
|
|
|
|
user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
|
|
|
|
|
|
all variables that have documentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
|
|
|
|
|
|
that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
|
|
|
|
|
|
it should show; the default is 20.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
|
|
|
|
|
|
of your input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
|
|
|
|
|
|
all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
|
|
|
|
|
|
recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as
|
|
|
|
|
|
argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
|
|
|
|
|
|
the customizable options which were changed since that version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Newly added options are included as well.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
|
|
|
|
|
|
then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
|
|
|
|
|
|
for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customize menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
|
|
|
|
|
|
the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
|
|
|
|
|
|
invoked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
|
|
|
|
|
|
syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
|
|
|
|
|
|
new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
|
|
|
|
|
|
sensibly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
|
|
|
|
|
|
value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
|
|
|
|
|
|
two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
|
|
|
|
|
|
reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string
|
|
|
|
|
|
for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
every night.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Desktop changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
|
|
|
|
|
|
the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Minor modes are now restored. Which minor modes are restored
|
|
|
|
|
|
and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
|
|
|
|
|
|
read and post multi-lingual articles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
|
|
|
|
|
|
doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should
|
|
|
|
|
|
be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden
|
|
|
|
|
|
outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
|
|
|
|
|
|
made invisible again.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mail reading and sending changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any
|
|
|
|
|
|
changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
|
|
|
|
|
|
toggle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
|
|
|
|
|
|
now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the
|
|
|
|
|
|
summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if
|
|
|
|
|
|
the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
rmail-default-body-file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
|
|
|
|
|
|
longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they
|
|
|
|
|
|
handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression
|
|
|
|
|
|
is evaluated to insert the signature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
|
|
|
|
|
|
outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email
|
|
|
|
|
|
handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
|
|
|
|
|
|
putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
|
|
|
|
|
|
transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
|
|
|
|
|
|
especially interested in trying feedmail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of
|
|
|
|
|
|
feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features
|
|
|
|
|
|
provided by feedmail are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
|
|
|
|
|
|
stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
|
|
|
|
|
|
there is also a queue for draft messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
|
|
|
|
|
|
be prompted for confirmation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** does smart filling of address headers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
|
|
|
|
|
|
the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
|
|
|
|
|
|
can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
|
|
|
|
|
|
the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
|
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/sendmail, and Emacs Lisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
|
|
|
|
|
|
function for something else (10-20 lines of Lisp code).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Dired changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
|
|
|
|
|
|
files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily
|
|
|
|
|
|
run Dired on the directory name at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of
|
|
|
|
|
|
files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
|
|
|
|
|
|
for a specified regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** VC Changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
|
|
|
|
|
|
conveniently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much
|
|
|
|
|
|
faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
|
|
|
|
|
|
listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
|
|
|
|
|
|
currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
|
|
|
|
|
|
then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
|
|
|
|
|
|
vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
|
|
|
|
|
|
control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
|
|
|
|
|
|
on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
|
|
|
|
|
|
is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type
|
|
|
|
|
|
`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
|
|
|
|
|
|
the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes
|
|
|
|
|
|
`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
|
|
|
|
|
|
toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`* l', to mark all files currently locked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
|
|
|
|
|
|
ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
|
|
|
|
|
|
command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
|
|
|
|
|
|
file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
|
|
|
|
|
|
session to resolve them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
|
|
|
|
|
|
resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that
|
|
|
|
|
|
contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
|
|
|
|
|
|
uses as well).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
|
|
|
|
|
|
command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When
|
|
|
|
|
|
you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
|
|
|
|
|
|
either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
|
|
|
|
|
|
branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
|
|
|
|
|
|
using ediff.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Font Lock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
|
|
|
|
|
|
are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
|
|
|
|
|
|
use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are
|
|
|
|
|
|
unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
|
|
|
|
|
|
compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Frame name display changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
|
|
|
|
|
|
frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
|
|
|
|
|
|
raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
when many frames are invisible or iconified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
|
|
|
|
|
|
frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
|
|
|
|
|
|
menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint (subshell) changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
|
|
|
|
|
|
subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are new commands in Comint mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
|
|
|
|
|
|
that is, the line after the last line you got.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to
|
|
|
|
|
|
send the current line together with the following line, when you send
|
|
|
|
|
|
the following line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
|
|
|
|
|
|
which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
|
|
|
|
|
|
previously sent input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
|
|
|
|
|
|
it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
|
|
|
|
|
|
as the search string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
automatically in compilation-mode windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C mode changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
|
|
|
|
|
|
assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
|
|
|
|
|
|
definition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu"
|
|
|
|
|
|
style is still the default however.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
|
|
|
|
|
|
are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
|
|
|
|
|
|
them. They do not have key bindings by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
|
|
|
|
|
|
and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
|
|
|
|
|
|
makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You
|
|
|
|
|
|
should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
|
|
|
|
|
|
package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new
|
|
|
|
|
|
variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to hippie-expand.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
|
|
|
|
|
|
which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
|
|
|
|
|
|
expanding dynamically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
|
|
|
|
|
|
this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
|
|
|
|
|
|
expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
|
|
|
|
|
|
automatic key generation. This replaces variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
|
|
|
|
|
|
against the first word in the title.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
|
|
|
|
|
|
capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
|
|
|
|
|
|
lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use
|
|
|
|
|
|
lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
|
|
|
|
|
|
generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
|
|
|
|
|
|
replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in vcursor.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A
|
|
|
|
|
|
variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including
|
|
|
|
|
|
`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
|
|
|
|
|
|
Editing group once the package is loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
|
|
|
|
|
|
generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set
|
|
|
|
|
|
vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
|
|
|
|
|
|
vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Ispell changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
are identified by syntax tables in effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Generic region skipping implemented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
|
|
|
|
|
|
and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user
|
|
|
|
|
|
defined. New applications and improvements made available by this
|
|
|
|
|
|
include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o URLs are automatically skipped
|
|
|
|
|
|
o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to RefTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
|
|
|
|
|
|
large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been
|
|
|
|
|
|
re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
|
|
|
|
|
|
section `Optimizations' in the manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New recursive parser.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
|
|
|
|
|
|
entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new
|
|
|
|
|
|
recursive parser scans the individual files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Parsing only part of a document.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
|
|
|
|
|
|
partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Storing parsing information in a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Using multiple selection buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
|
|
|
|
|
|
for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** References to external documents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
|
|
|
|
|
|
documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external
|
|
|
|
|
|
documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
|
|
|
|
|
|
macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
|
|
|
|
|
|
RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
|
|
|
|
|
|
`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you
|
|
|
|
|
|
enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
|
|
|
|
|
|
at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
|
|
|
|
|
|
more.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for the varioref package
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New hooks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and citations are created. These hooks are
|
|
|
|
|
|
`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
|
|
|
|
|
|
`reftex-format-cite-function'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Citations outside LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
|
|
|
|
|
|
a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Short context is no longer fontified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
|
|
|
|
|
|
fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
fontified, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq reftex-refontify-context t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
|
|
|
|
|
|
directories that contain the same file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
|
|
|
|
|
|
Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
|
file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
|
|
|
|
|
|
have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
|
|
|
|
|
|
names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
|
|
|
|
|
|
directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New modes and packages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
|
|
|
|
|
|
it, but some do not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
|
|
|
|
|
|
code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
|
|
|
|
|
|
current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
|
|
|
|
|
|
around in a buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author
|
|
|
|
|
|
uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
|
|
|
|
|
|
be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
|
|
|
|
|
|
established system of notation similar to Chess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
|
documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style
|
|
|
|
|
|
guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
|
|
|
|
|
|
available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around
|
|
|
|
|
|
system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc.); others are implementations of
|
|
|
|
|
|
simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the like.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
|
|
|
|
|
|
identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
|
|
|
|
|
|
within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
|
|
|
|
|
|
used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize
|
|
|
|
|
|
the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
|
|
|
|
|
|
samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
|
|
|
|
|
|
fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
|
|
|
|
|
|
x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
|
|
|
|
|
|
hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
|
|
|
|
|
|
javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
|
|
|
|
|
|
vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
|
|
|
|
|
|
java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
|
|
|
|
|
|
java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
|
|
|
|
|
|
mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform-specific modes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
|
|
|
|
|
|
pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
|
|
|
|
|
|
alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
|
|
|
|
|
|
inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
|
|
|
|
|
|
ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
|
|
|
|
|
|
reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
|
|
|
|
|
|
bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
|
|
|
|
|
|
rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
|
|
|
|
|
|
rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
|
|
|
|
|
|
use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
|
|
|
|
|
|
you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
|
|
|
|
|
|
consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can
|
|
|
|
|
|
specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
|
|
|
|
|
|
searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
|
|
|
|
|
|
multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
|
|
|
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
|
|
|
|
|
|
take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
|
|
|
|
|
|
string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
|
|
|
|
|
|
current input method for reading this one event.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
now control whether to output certain characters as
|
|
|
|
|
|
backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
always increases point by 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is
|
|
|
|
|
|
considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
|
|
|
|
|
|
default value changed. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
|
|
|
|
|
|
:type 'integer
|
|
|
|
|
|
:group 'foo
|
|
|
|
|
|
:version "20.3")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
|
|
|
|
|
|
:version "20.3")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
|
|
|
|
|
|
default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
|
|
|
|
|
|
is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:version' in the top level group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
|
|
|
|
|
|
starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
|
|
|
|
|
|
symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that
|
|
|
|
|
|
support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
to themselves.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
|
|
|
|
|
|
this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
|
|
|
|
|
|
values whatever.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new debugger command, R.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Frame-local variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call
|
|
|
|
|
|
the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
|
|
|
|
|
|
local bindings for that variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
|
|
|
|
|
|
frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
|
|
|
|
|
|
modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
|
|
|
|
|
|
parameter name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
|
|
|
|
|
|
active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
|
|
|
|
|
|
that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
|
|
|
|
|
|
clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
|
|
|
|
|
|
very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
|
|
|
|
|
|
"symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form
|
|
|
|
|
|
makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the documentation in sregex.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
|
|
|
|
|
|
is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
|
|
|
|
|
|
parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
|
|
|
|
|
|
known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
|
|
|
|
|
|
define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
|
|
|
|
|
|
when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as
|
|
|
|
|
|
it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
|
|
|
|
|
|
return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
|
|
|
|
|
|
empty input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
|
|
|
|
|
|
for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
|
|
|
|
|
|
`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
|
|
|
|
|
|
echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
|
|
|
|
|
|
default password to use if the user enters nothing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
|
|
|
|
|
|
specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a
|
|
|
|
|
|
function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
|
|
|
|
|
|
place where a break is being considered. If the function returns
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
|
|
|
|
|
|
up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
|
|
|
|
|
|
end of the window, even if this requires computation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
|
|
|
|
|
|
which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
|
holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
|
|
|
|
|
|
was directed to display this buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
|
|
|
|
|
|
describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
|
|
|
|
|
|
other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
|
|
|
|
|
|
set-window-configuration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
|
|
|
|
|
|
window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
|
|
|
|
|
|
windows and the choice of buffers to display.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
|
|
|
|
|
|
override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist
|
|
|
|
|
|
look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
|
|
|
|
|
|
map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and it is meant to be set by major modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
|
|
|
|
|
|
except that it discards all text properties from the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
|
|
|
|
|
|
USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
|
|
|
|
|
|
floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
|
|
|
|
|
|
to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined
|
|
|
|
|
|
in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Menu changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
|
|
|
|
|
|
keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now
|
|
|
|
|
|
better supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
|
|
|
|
|
|
a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
|
|
|
|
|
|
you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you
|
|
|
|
|
|
can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
|
|
|
|
|
|
then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new format for menu items is supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
|
|
|
|
|
|
(STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
|
|
|
|
|
|
defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
|
|
|
|
|
|
starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The format is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
|
|
|
|
|
|
(menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
|
|
|
|
|
|
where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
|
|
|
|
|
|
string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The supported properties include
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
|
|
|
|
|
|
item is enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
|
|
|
|
|
|
item should appear in the menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:filter FILTER-FN
|
|
|
|
|
|
FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
|
|
|
|
|
|
which will be REAL-BINDING.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It should return a binding to use instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:keys DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
binding for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with
|
|
|
|
|
|
`substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
|
|
|
|
|
|
KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
|
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard binding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:key-sequence nil
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that the command normally has no
|
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard equivalent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
|
|
|
|
|
|
:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
|
|
|
|
|
|
value says whether this button is currently selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New event types
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
|
|
|
|
|
|
mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that
|
|
|
|
|
|
corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
|
|
|
|
|
|
which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
|
|
|
|
|
|
indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A
|
|
|
|
|
|
negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
|
|
|
|
|
|
the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
|
|
|
|
|
|
forward, away from the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
|
|
|
|
|
|
files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
|
|
|
|
|
|
and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of
|
|
|
|
|
|
filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
|
|
|
|
|
|
loaded into Emacs. The format is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
|
|
|
|
|
|
that were dragged and dropped.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
|
|
|
|
|
|
any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way
|
|
|
|
|
|
to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You
|
|
|
|
|
|
can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
|
|
|
|
|
|
that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Emacs 19 and before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
|
|
|
|
|
|
unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
|
|
|
|
|
|
one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
|
|
|
|
|
|
representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
|
|
|
|
|
|
consistent with the new representation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care
|
|
|
|
|
|
about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
|
|
|
|
|
|
however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
|
|
|
|
|
|
using the table nonascii-translation-table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
|
|
|
|
|
|
representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
|
|
|
|
|
|
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
|
|
|
|
|
|
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
|
|
|
|
|
|
portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
|
|
|
|
|
|
so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
|
|
|
|
|
|
it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
|
|
|
|
|
|
convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer or string being searched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
|
|
|
|
|
|
[...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when
|
|
|
|
|
|
searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
|
|
|
|
|
|
searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no
|
|
|
|
|
|
obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what
|
|
|
|
|
|
you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
|
|
|
|
|
|
expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Structure of coding system changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
|
|
|
|
|
|
by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
|
|
|
|
|
|
which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector
|
|
|
|
|
|
as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
|
|
|
|
|
|
vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define
|
|
|
|
|
|
your own alias name of a coding system by the function
|
|
|
|
|
|
define-coding-system-alias.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use
|
|
|
|
|
|
the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
|
|
|
|
|
|
access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
|
|
|
|
|
|
pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
|
|
|
|
|
|
character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
`iso-8859-1'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
|
|
|
|
|
|
also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
|
|
|
|
|
|
are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode
|
|
|
|
|
|
the other character sets and read it back correctly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
|
|
|
|
|
|
proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function requires a user interaction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
|
|
|
|
|
|
find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
|
|
|
|
|
|
select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want
|
|
|
|
|
|
a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
|
|
|
|
|
|
select-safe-coding-system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
|
|
|
|
|
|
decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
|
|
|
|
|
|
last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
|
|
|
|
|
|
was done.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
|
|
|
|
|
|
used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems used by some specific language environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
|
|
|
|
|
|
return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters are found, they now return a list of single element
|
|
|
|
|
|
`undecided' or its subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
|
|
|
|
|
|
converted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding system for communicating with other X clients.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
|
|
|
|
|
|
character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
|
|
|
|
|
|
character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words,
|
|
|
|
|
|
each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
|
|
|
|
|
|
either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
|
|
|
|
|
|
range of characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the current buffer at position POS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a
|
|
|
|
|
|
function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
|
|
|
|
|
|
event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first
|
|
|
|
|
|
binding input-method-function to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
|
|
|
|
|
|
method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as
|
|
|
|
|
|
input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by
|
|
|
|
|
|
the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
|
|
|
|
|
|
not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The input method function is not called when reading the second and
|
|
|
|
|
|
subsequent events of a key sequence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can customize any language environment by using
|
|
|
|
|
|
set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
|
|
|
|
|
|
customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For
|
|
|
|
|
|
instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
|
|
|
|
|
|
environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
|
|
|
|
|
|
exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 20.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
|
|
|
|
|
|
options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look
|
|
|
|
|
|
at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
|
|
|
|
|
|
tree structure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
|
|
|
|
|
|
user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
in your .emacs file.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
|
|
|
|
|
|
kills the region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete the character before point, as usual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature
|
|
|
|
|
|
by setting search-highlight to nil.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
|
|
|
|
|
|
insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
|
|
|
|
|
|
onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
past.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
|
|
|
|
|
|
makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and is an alias for it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
|
|
|
|
|
|
use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Scrolling changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
|
|
|
|
|
|
where it started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
|
|
|
|
|
|
move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
|
|
|
|
|
|
screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
|
|
|
|
|
|
does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
|
|
|
|
|
|
top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point
|
|
|
|
|
|
comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
recenters the window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** International character set support (MULE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
|
|
|
|
|
|
including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These
|
|
|
|
|
|
features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
|
|
|
|
|
|
MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
|
|
|
|
|
|
variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
|
|
|
|
|
|
into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
|
|
|
|
|
|
generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
|
|
|
|
|
|
language, to make it possible to type them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
|
|
|
|
|
|
character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
|
|
|
|
|
|
to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
|
|
|
|
|
|
argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are
|
|
|
|
|
|
already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters for their work until they want to change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Input methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language
|
|
|
|
|
|
has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
|
|
|
|
|
|
the same characters can share one input method). Some languages
|
|
|
|
|
|
support several input methods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
|
|
|
|
|
|
another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
work.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters into one letter. Many European input methods use
|
|
|
|
|
|
composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
|
|
|
|
|
|
consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one
|
|
|
|
|
|
sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
|
|
|
|
|
|
letter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
|
|
|
|
|
|
by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
|
|
|
|
|
|
marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
|
|
|
|
|
|
mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
|
|
|
|
|
|
they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using
|
|
|
|
|
|
phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
|
|
|
|
|
|
typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
|
|
|
|
|
|
the first guess is wrong.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
|
|
|
|
|
|
turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
|
|
|
|
|
|
byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
|
|
|
|
|
|
they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for
|
|
|
|
|
|
the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
|
|
|
|
|
|
use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
|
|
|
|
|
|
includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
|
|
|
|
|
|
translate automatically to and from either one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
|
|
|
|
|
|
file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not
|
|
|
|
|
|
what you want.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
|
|
|
|
|
|
example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off
|
|
|
|
|
|
multibyte characters in that buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
|
|
|
|
|
|
character conversion as well.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
|
|
|
|
|
|
requires using many fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a
|
|
|
|
|
|
collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by
|
|
|
|
|
|
the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you
|
|
|
|
|
|
have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
|
|
|
|
|
|
you would use a font.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
|
|
|
|
|
|
display that character. It will display an empty box instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Defining fontsets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still
|
|
|
|
|
|
chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
|
|
|
|
|
|
with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
|
|
|
|
|
|
of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is
|
|
|
|
|
|
`fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
standard fontset are created automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
|
|
|
|
|
|
argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
|
|
|
|
|
|
with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short
|
|
|
|
|
|
name is `fontset-startup'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
|
|
|
|
|
|
The resource value should have this form:
|
|
|
|
|
|
FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
|
|
|
|
|
|
FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
|
|
|
|
|
|
* most fields should be just the wild card "*".
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
|
|
|
|
|
|
* the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
|
|
|
|
|
|
of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
|
|
|
|
|
|
should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
|
|
|
|
|
|
last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
|
|
|
|
|
|
font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the
|
|
|
|
|
|
following resource,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
|
|
|
|
|
|
the font for ASCII is generated as below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
-*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is the substitution rule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
|
|
|
|
|
|
defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has
|
|
|
|
|
|
the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce
|
|
|
|
|
|
sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
|
|
|
|
|
|
fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call
|
|
|
|
|
|
that function explicitly to create a fontset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
|
|
|
|
|
|
like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset
|
|
|
|
|
|
name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
|
fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
|
|
|
|
|
|
fontsets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
defaults for a particular choice of language.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
|
|
|
|
|
|
method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
|
|
|
|
|
|
visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have
|
|
|
|
|
|
already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
system for new files that you create.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
|
|
|
|
|
|
set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
|
|
|
|
|
|
whole Emacs session.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
|
|
|
|
|
|
chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this
|
|
|
|
|
|
with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
|
|
|
|
|
|
the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems that Emacs supports.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
|
|
|
|
|
|
lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
|
|
|
|
|
|
is used for *the immediately following command*.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
|
|
|
|
|
|
write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
|
|
|
|
|
|
then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
|
|
|
|
|
|
visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
|
|
|
|
|
|
construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
|
|
|
|
|
|
to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also
|
|
|
|
|
|
specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
|
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character
|
|
|
|
|
|
code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
|
|
|
|
|
|
translated into that character code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
|
|
|
|
|
|
various countries to support the languages of those countries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
|
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system for keyboard input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
|
|
|
|
|
|
with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
|
|
|
|
|
|
input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
|
|
|
|
|
|
translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed
|
|
|
|
|
|
to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
|
|
|
|
|
|
designed to work with terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
|
|
|
|
|
|
has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
|
|
|
|
|
|
translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the corresponding buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
|
|
|
|
|
|
to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
|
|
|
|
|
|
an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the
|
|
|
|
|
|
command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
|
|
|
|
|
|
want to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
|
|
|
|
|
|
method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this
|
|
|
|
|
|
remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify
|
|
|
|
|
|
which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
|
|
|
|
|
|
related information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
|
|
|
|
|
|
HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
|
|
|
|
|
|
scripts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
information about the support for a particular language.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You specify the language as an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
|
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the
|
|
|
|
|
|
first dash.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
(except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A alternativnyj (Russian)
|
|
|
|
|
|
B big5 (Chinese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
|
|
|
|
|
|
E euc-japan (Japanese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
|
|
|
|
|
|
J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
K euc-korea (Korean)
|
|
|
|
|
|
R koi8 (Russian)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Q tibetan
|
|
|
|
|
|
S shift_jis (Japanese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
T lao
|
|
|
|
|
|
T tis620 (Thai)
|
|
|
|
|
|
V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
|
|
|
|
|
|
k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
|
|
|
|
|
|
v viqr (Vietnamese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
z hz (Chinese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
|
|
|
|
|
|
two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for
|
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
|
|
|
|
|
|
conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with
|
|
|
|
|
|
rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rmail files themselves.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
|
|
|
|
|
|
conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
|
|
|
|
|
|
for sending mail:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
|
|
|
|
|
|
if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
|
|
|
|
|
|
to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
translations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command
|
|
|
|
|
|
insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
without any conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now specify any number of octal digits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
|
|
|
|
|
|
any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
|
|
|
|
|
|
mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
|
|
|
|
|
|
complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the buffer before point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
|
|
|
|
|
|
symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
|
|
|
|
|
|
you are using.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
|
|
|
|
|
|
just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** File locking works with NFS now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the same directory as FILENAME.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that collision detection between two different machines now
|
|
|
|
|
|
works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
|
|
|
|
|
|
can become a bottleneck.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
|
|
|
|
|
|
create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
|
|
|
|
|
|
file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are
|
|
|
|
|
|
rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
|
|
|
|
|
|
so useful that the change is worth while.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
|
|
|
|
|
|
are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
|
|
|
|
|
|
collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
|
|
|
|
|
|
tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call
|
|
|
|
|
|
show-paren-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
|
|
|
|
|
|
delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
|
|
|
|
|
|
within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
|
|
|
|
|
|
complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also
|
|
|
|
|
|
set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in View mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
|
|
|
|
|
|
view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
|
|
|
|
|
|
previous state.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
|
scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
|
not just the selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a
|
|
|
|
|
|
read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
|
|
|
|
|
|
turns View mode on or off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
|
|
|
|
|
|
how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
|
|
|
|
|
|
now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
|
|
|
|
|
|
has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
|
|
|
|
|
|
presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
|
|
|
|
|
|
which version to compare with.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
|
|
|
|
|
|
blocks if a match is inside the block.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
|
|
|
|
|
|
is outside the block. By customizing the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
|
|
|
|
|
|
shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
|
|
|
|
|
|
of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
|
|
|
|
|
|
blocks, all of them or none.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
|
|
|
|
|
|
current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for
|
|
|
|
|
|
confirmation first.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
|
|
|
|
|
|
now changes the major mode according to that file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, the mode will not be changed if
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
|
|
|
|
|
|
not suitable for ordinary files, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
|
|
|
|
|
|
these commands do not change the major mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x occur changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it performs a case-sensitive search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
|
|
|
|
|
|
if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
|
|
|
|
|
|
using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in
|
|
|
|
|
|
that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
|
|
|
|
|
|
after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings
|
|
|
|
|
|
appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
|
|
|
|
|
|
selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Outline mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
|
|
|
|
|
|
you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
|
|
|
|
|
|
was already active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
|
|
|
|
|
|
unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
|
|
|
|
|
|
get confused by it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
|
|
|
|
|
|
set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
|
|
|
|
|
|
conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
|
|
|
|
|
|
character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
|
|
|
|
|
|
mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
|
|
|
|
|
|
copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
|
|
|
|
|
|
are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
|
|
|
|
|
|
`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
|
|
|
|
|
|
case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
|
|
|
|
|
|
certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they
|
|
|
|
|
|
can be. The default value is 30.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Mail mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
|
|
|
|
|
|
composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
`mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is
|
|
|
|
|
|
`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
|
|
|
|
|
|
behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
|
|
|
|
|
|
compose-mail-other-frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
|
|
|
|
|
|
replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer that shows the original message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
|
|
|
|
|
|
with separator lines around the contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
|
|
|
|
|
|
in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
|
|
|
|
|
|
definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not
|
|
|
|
|
|
need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New features in the mail-complete command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
|
|
|
|
|
|
for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style
|
|
|
|
|
|
controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
|
|
|
|
|
|
to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/passwd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
|
|
|
|
|
|
to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used:
|
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/passwd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
|
|
|
|
|
|
special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
|
|
|
|
|
|
when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
|
|
|
|
|
|
be taken to be magic.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
|
|
|
|
|
|
files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is
|
|
|
|
|
|
available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
|
|
|
|
|
|
suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new key dired.el binding old key
|
|
|
|
|
|
------- ---------------- -------
|
|
|
|
|
|
* c dired-change-marks c
|
|
|
|
|
|
* m dired-mark m
|
|
|
|
|
|
* * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
* / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
* @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
* u dired-unmark u
|
|
|
|
|
|
* DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL
|
|
|
|
|
|
* ? dired-unmark-all-files C-M-?
|
|
|
|
|
|
* ! dired-unmark-all-marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
* % dired-mark-files-regexp % m
|
|
|
|
|
|
* C-n dired-next-marked-file M-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
* C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Rmail changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
|
|
|
|
|
|
saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
|
|
|
|
|
|
chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
|
|
|
|
|
|
each time you run it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
|
|
|
|
|
|
whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
|
|
|
|
|
|
messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument
|
|
|
|
|
|
means to move in the opposite direction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
|
|
|
|
|
|
you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
|
|
|
|
|
|
just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
|
|
|
|
|
|
can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
|
|
|
|
|
|
for output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Gnus changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gnus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
|
|
|
|
|
|
`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
article mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
|
|
|
|
|
|
are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
|
|
|
|
|
|
`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
|
|
|
|
|
|
used to pick articles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
|
|
|
|
|
|
another have been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`M-x gnus-change-server'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
|
|
|
|
|
|
generating lines in buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
|
|
|
|
|
|
`C-M-_'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scores can be decayed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq gnus-decay-scores t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
|
|
|
|
|
|
the native server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new command for reading collections of documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
|
|
|
|
|
|
even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
|
|
|
|
|
|
(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
|
|
|
|
|
|
a group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the commands under the `T S' submap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the commands under the `G P' submap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the `Y c' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`M-x nnmail-split-history'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
|
|
|
|
|
|
from incoming mail before saving the mail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
|
|
|
|
|
|
the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
|
|
|
|
|
|
from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
|
|
|
|
|
|
hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
this issue.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
|
|
|
|
|
|
particular news group. This can be done by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
|
|
|
|
|
|
"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
|
|
|
|
|
|
for reading and posting).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
|
|
|
|
|
|
(READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
|
|
|
|
|
|
newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
|
|
|
|
|
|
default. Here are some of these default settings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** CC mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
|
|
|
|
|
|
code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
|
|
|
|
|
|
values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do
|
|
|
|
|
|
this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
|
|
|
|
|
|
loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you
|
|
|
|
|
|
must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
|
|
|
|
|
|
it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles
|
|
|
|
|
|
of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
|
|
|
|
|
|
style that the Python developers like.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
|
|
|
|
|
|
just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** VC Changes [new]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
|
|
|
|
|
|
name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
|
|
|
|
|
|
master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
|
|
|
|
|
|
developers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
|
|
|
|
|
|
RET in a buffer visiting that file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
|
|
|
|
|
|
other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a
|
|
|
|
|
|
writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then
|
|
|
|
|
|
calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
|
|
|
|
|
|
version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Calendar changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
|
|
|
|
|
|
subclasses of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow
|
|
|
|
|
|
you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
|
|
|
|
|
|
following/previous years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system. Use `pb' in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date. The Baha'i
|
|
|
|
|
|
calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year). The
|
|
|
|
|
|
calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
|
|
|
|
|
|
supposed attribute of God.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ps-print changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
|
|
|
|
|
|
layout.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
|
|
|
|
|
|
be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex. If your
|
|
|
|
|
|
printer system has this behavior, set variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
|
|
|
|
|
|
blank page as the very first printed page. So, it behaves as if the
|
|
|
|
|
|
very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
|
|
|
|
|
|
setting duplex mode and page size. Valid values are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lpr-switches duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
printing for your printer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setpagedevice duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
|
|
|
|
|
|
setpagedevice PostScript operator.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nil duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
|
|
|
|
|
|
the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
|
|
|
|
|
|
opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
|
|
|
|
|
|
bindings on the left or right. If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
|
ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default value is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
|
|
|
|
|
|
properties alist. Valid frame properties are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fore-color Specify the foreground frame color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
|
|
|
|
|
|
color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
|
|
|
|
|
|
color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
|
|
|
|
|
|
correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
|
|
|
|
|
|
float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
|
|
|
|
|
|
color). The default is 0 ("black").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
back-color Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shadow-color Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0 ("black").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
border-color Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0 ("black").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
border-width Specify the border width.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0.4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other property is ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
|
|
|
|
|
|
documentation).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps-print can also print footers. The footer variables are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-footer-frame-alist'. These variables are similar to those
|
|
|
|
|
|
controlling headers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Color management (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
|
|
|
|
|
|
color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Face Management (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
|
|
|
|
|
|
set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
|
|
|
|
|
|
background should be used. Valid values are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
t always use face background color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
nil never use face background color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(face...) list of faces whose background color will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** N-up printing (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
|
|
|
|
|
|
sheet of paper.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
|
|
|
|
|
|
between the sheet border and the n-up printing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
|
|
|
|
|
|
each page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
|
|
|
|
|
|
on each sheet of paper. Following are the valid values for
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`left-top' 1 2 3 4 `left-bottom' 9 10 11 12
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`right-top' 4 3 2 1 `right-bottom' 12 11 10 9
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`top-left' 1 4 7 10 `bottom-left' 3 6 9 12
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 6 9 12 1 4 7 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`top-right' 10 7 4 1 `bottom-right' 12 9 6 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 9 6 3 10 7 4 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other value is treated as `left-top'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Zebra stripes (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
|
|
|
|
|
|
RGB color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue on next page. Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`nil' `follow' `full' `full-follow'
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 XXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXX + 1 XXXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 XXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXX + 2 XXXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 XXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXX + 3 XXXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 + 4 + 4 + 4 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 + 5 + 5 + 5 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 + 6 + 6 + 6 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 XXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXX + 7 XXXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 XXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXX + 8 XXXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 XXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXX + 9 XXXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 + 10 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 + 11 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
-------- ----------- --------- ----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
Next Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 XXXXX + 12 + 10 XXXXXX + 10 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 XXXXX + 13 XXXXXXXX + 11 XXXXXX + 11 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 XXXXX + 14 XXXXXXXX + 12 XXXXXX + 12 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 + 15 XXXXXXXX + 13 + 13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 + 16 + 14 + 14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 + 17 + 15 + 15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 XXXXX + 18 + 16 XXXXXX + 16 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 XXXXX + 19 XXXXXXXX + 17 XXXXXX + 17 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 XXXXX + 20 XXXXXXXX + 18 XXXXXX + 18 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 + 21 XXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 + 22 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
-------- ----------- --------- ----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other value is treated as `nil'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Printer management (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
|
|
|
|
|
|
some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string. If you're using the lpr
|
|
|
|
|
|
utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
|
|
|
|
|
|
to "-P".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
|
|
|
|
|
|
paper feeding. If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place. If it's
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, manual feeding takes place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript. Non-nil means
|
|
|
|
|
|
do so.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Page settings (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
|
|
|
|
|
|
error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
|
|
|
|
|
|
indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead. If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
|
|
|
|
|
|
the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
|
|
|
|
|
|
by `ps-paper-type'. This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`setpagedevice'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
|
|
|
|
|
|
printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
|
|
|
|
|
|
`upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
it's nil, all pages are printed. If it's a list, list elements may be
|
|
|
|
|
|
integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifying to print from page FROM to TO. Invalid list elements, that
|
|
|
|
|
|
is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
|
|
|
|
|
|
its TO, are ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
|
|
|
|
|
|
pages. Valid values are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nil print all pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`even-page' print only even pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`odd-page' print only odd pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`even-sheet' print only even sheets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
|
|
|
|
|
|
`even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
|
|
|
|
|
|
print only the even sheet of paper.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`odd-sheet' print only odd sheets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
|
|
|
|
|
|
`odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
|
|
|
|
|
|
only the odd sheet of paper.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other value is treated as nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
|
|
|
|
|
|
are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-even-or-odd-pages'. For example, if we have:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-n-up-printing', we get:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
|
|
|
|
|
|
nil 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
|
|
|
|
|
|
even-page 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
|
|
|
|
|
|
odd-page 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
|
|
|
|
|
|
even-sheet 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
|
|
|
|
|
|
odd-sheet 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
|
|
|
|
|
|
nil 1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
|
|
|
|
|
|
even-page 4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
|
|
|
|
|
|
odd-page 1/7, 9/13, 15
|
|
|
|
|
|
even-sheet 6/7, 10/12, 15/16
|
|
|
|
|
|
odd-sheet 1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Miscellany (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
|
|
|
|
|
|
messages should be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
|
|
|
|
|
|
front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-user-defined-prologue'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
|
|
|
|
|
|
points for line numbers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
|
|
|
|
|
|
numbers. See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
|
|
|
|
|
|
line numbers are printed. For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
|
|
|
|
|
|
to 2, the printing will look like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid values are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
integer an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
|
|
|
|
|
|
printed. If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`zebra' specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
|
|
|
|
|
|
zebra stripe is to be printed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other value is treated as `zebra'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'. For example, if
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
|
|
|
|
|
|
3, the output will look like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
|
|
|
|
|
|
where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-font-size').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
|
|
|
|
|
|
in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-font-size').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
|
|
|
|
|
|
start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** hideshow changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
|
|
|
|
|
|
C++, ; for lisp).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for java-mode added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
|
|
|
|
|
|
the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
|
|
|
|
|
|
way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
|
|
|
|
|
|
robust and a lot faster.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
|
|
|
|
|
|
to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the
|
|
|
|
|
|
documentation for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Enriched mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
|
|
|
|
|
|
filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in
|
|
|
|
|
|
use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
|
|
|
|
|
|
the next time unless the fill-column is different.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
|
|
|
|
|
|
as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
|
|
|
|
|
|
as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Font Lock mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Custom support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify
|
|
|
|
|
|
the faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new
|
|
|
|
|
|
custom group font-lock-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in your
|
|
|
|
|
|
~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should
|
|
|
|
|
|
consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Maximum decoration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
|
|
|
|
|
|
default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
|
|
|
|
|
|
of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
|
|
|
|
|
|
supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
|
|
|
|
|
|
to get the old behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Configurable support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
|
|
|
|
|
|
additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
|
|
|
|
|
|
c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
|
|
|
|
|
|
java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a
|
|
|
|
|
|
list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value
|
|
|
|
|
|
of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
|
|
|
|
|
|
convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
|
|
|
|
|
|
way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make
|
|
|
|
|
|
it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
|
|
|
|
|
|
highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
|
|
|
|
|
|
for any mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in your ~/.emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New faces
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
|
|
|
|
|
|
distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
|
|
|
|
|
|
to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes to fast-lock support mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
|
|
|
|
|
|
cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
|
|
|
|
|
|
according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only
|
|
|
|
|
|
the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
|
|
|
|
|
|
this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
|
|
|
|
|
|
refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line
|
|
|
|
|
|
containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
|
|
|
|
|
|
the command M-o M-o (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
|
|
|
|
|
|
new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
|
|
|
|
|
|
settings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Ada mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
|
|
|
|
|
|
procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but
|
|
|
|
|
|
you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
|
|
|
|
|
|
stubs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are two new commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level
|
|
|
|
|
|
is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
|
|
|
|
|
|
formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start,
|
|
|
|
|
|
places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
|
|
|
|
|
|
space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Scheme mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
|
mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
|
|
|
|
|
|
for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
|
|
|
|
|
|
have any effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
|
|
|
|
|
|
still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
|
|
|
|
|
|
scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
variables as buffer-local variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use M-x dsssl-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to the emacsclient program
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
|
|
|
|
|
|
USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
|
|
|
|
|
|
associated with the name. That is an emacsclient running as root
|
|
|
|
|
|
can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
|
|
|
|
|
|
it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer in Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
|
|
|
|
|
|
use if Emacs is not running. The environment variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
|
|
|
|
|
|
option takes precedence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
|
|
|
|
|
|
constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
|
|
|
|
|
|
which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
|
|
|
|
|
|
the current defun.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
|
|
|
|
|
|
following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
|
|
|
|
|
|
necessary).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
|
|
|
|
|
|
if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
|
|
|
|
|
|
these register values no longer become completely useless.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
|
|
|
|
|
|
asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
|
|
|
|
|
|
example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
|
|
|
|
|
|
be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
|
|
|
|
|
|
you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
|
|
|
|
|
|
variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a
|
|
|
|
|
|
file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
|
|
|
|
|
|
revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
|
|
|
|
|
|
only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
|
|
|
|
|
|
since it applies only to the current frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
|
file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
|
|
|
|
|
|
multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local
|
|
|
|
|
|
variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
|
|
|
|
|
|
tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead of just the file you are editing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** RefTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
|
|
|
|
|
|
and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of
|
|
|
|
|
|
different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
|
|
|
|
|
|
multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
|
|
|
|
|
|
turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c ( reftex-label
|
|
|
|
|
|
Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and
|
|
|
|
|
|
knows which kind of label is needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c ) reftex-reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c [ reftex-citation
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c & reftex-view-crossref
|
|
|
|
|
|
Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c = reftex-toc
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you
|
|
|
|
|
|
can quickly jump to every section.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
|
|
|
|
|
|
reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Info documentation is now available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
|
|
|
|
|
|
both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-user-optional-fields.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
|
|
|
(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
|
|
|
|
|
|
entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
|
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
|
|
|
|
|
|
entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
|
|
|
|
|
|
been cleaned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
|
|
|
|
|
|
shall be delimited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
|
|
|
|
|
|
field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
|
|
|
|
|
|
prefixed with `ALT'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
|
|
|
|
|
|
formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
documentation).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
|
|
|
|
|
|
documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
|
|
|
|
|
|
for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
|
|
|
|
|
|
comma should be inserted at end of last field.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
|
|
|
|
|
|
alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
|
|
|
|
|
|
signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
|
|
|
|
|
|
from alien sources.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
|
|
|
|
|
|
to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
|
|
|
|
|
|
crossref entries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
|
|
|
|
|
|
region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Added support for imenu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
|
|
|
|
|
|
of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
|
|
|
|
|
|
`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
|
`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
|
|
|
|
|
|
from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
|
|
|
|
|
|
as an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
|
|
|
|
|
|
and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** browse-url changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
|
|
|
|
|
|
(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
|
|
|
|
|
|
customization variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
|
|
|
|
|
|
lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Ediff
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
pops up the Info file for this command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
|
|
|
|
|
|
the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
|
|
|
|
|
|
merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
|
|
|
|
|
|
directories).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
|
|
|
|
|
|
and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
|
|
|
|
|
|
files in the same directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
|
|
|
|
|
|
related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Viper
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead of vip-.
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
|
|
|
|
|
|
Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
|
|
|
|
|
|
color when Viper is in insert state.
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Etags changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
|
|
|
|
|
|
default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag
|
|
|
|
|
|
variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
|
|
|
|
|
|
not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements"
|
|
|
|
|
|
constructs are tagged. Files are recognized by the extension .java.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are
|
|
|
|
|
|
recognized by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and
|
|
|
|
|
|
C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
|
|
|
|
|
|
recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
|
|
|
|
|
|
methods and protocols.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognized by the extension
|
|
|
|
|
|
.cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
|
|
|
|
|
|
column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
|
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of
|
|
|
|
|
|
an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
|
|
|
|
|
|
at least M times and as many as N times.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
|
|
|
|
|
|
in files has changed slightly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
|
|
|
|
|
|
time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
with old time-stamp-format values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
|
|
|
|
|
|
(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
reasons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
|
|
|
|
|
|
natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon
|
|
|
|
|
|
(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
|
|
|
|
|
|
time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit
|
|
|
|
|
|
truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are
|
|
|
|
|
|
being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being
|
|
|
|
|
|
recommended now will continue to work then.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
|
|
|
|
|
|
details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are some additional major modes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
|
|
|
|
|
|
into Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New Lisp packages include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
|
|
|
|
|
|
be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
in shell buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
|
|
|
|
|
|
and `elint-defun'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
|
|
|
|
|
|
meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
|
ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
|
|
|
|
|
|
strings or comments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
|
|
|
|
|
|
abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev,
|
|
|
|
|
|
you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
|
|
|
|
|
|
insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
|
|
|
|
|
|
at these points.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
|
|
|
|
|
|
can visit them by short forms of their names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs Lisp function at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
|
|
|
|
|
|
from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
|
|
|
|
|
|
original place after inserting the copy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
|
|
|
|
|
|
velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
(with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enable mouse-drag with:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
|
|
|
|
|
|
-or-
|
|
|
|
|
|
(global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
|
|
|
|
|
|
mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** ogonek
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various
|
|
|
|
|
|
platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
|
|
|
|
|
|
ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
|
|
|
|
|
|
prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
|
|
|
|
|
|
instance) and vice versa.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To use this package load it using
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x ogonek-how -- in English
|
|
|
|
|
|
The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
|
|
|
|
|
|
ways of customization in `.emacs'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Interface to ph.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
|
|
|
|
|
|
services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
|
|
|
|
|
|
these servers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
while the real cursor does not move.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
|
|
|
|
|
|
for visiting your favorite web sites.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
|
|
|
|
|
|
so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** movemail change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
|
|
|
|
|
|
mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer
|
|
|
|
|
|
supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
|
|
|
|
|
|
user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
|
|
|
|
|
|
end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
|
|
|
|
|
|
Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
|
|
|
|
|
|
file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
|
|
|
|
|
|
file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly
|
|
|
|
|
|
specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with
|
|
|
|
|
|
LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
|
|
|
|
|
|
save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And
|
|
|
|
|
|
vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
|
|
|
|
|
|
to start with w32- instead of win32-.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We
|
|
|
|
|
|
don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
|
|
|
|
|
|
"win".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Basic Lisp changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now
|
|
|
|
|
|
be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
|
|
|
|
|
|
or by the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
|
|
|
|
|
|
usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of
|
|
|
|
|
|
its argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
|
|
|
|
|
|
error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives
|
|
|
|
|
|
include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`format' function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
|
|
|
|
|
|
or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
|
|
|
|
|
|
whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
|
|
|
|
|
|
either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
|
|
|
|
|
|
adding one of these suffixes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
|
|
|
|
|
|
which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
|
|
|
|
|
|
because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You must load the `cl' library to define it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
|
|
|
|
|
|
conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
|
|
|
|
|
|
choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
|
|
|
|
|
|
restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer'
|
|
|
|
|
|
works using `save-current-buffer'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
|
|
|
|
|
|
write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the last form.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
|
which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
|
|
|
|
|
|
as the last form.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
|
|
|
|
|
|
matches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
|
|
|
|
|
|
with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then it returns that string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(with-output-to-string
|
|
|
|
|
|
(princ "The buffer is ")
|
|
|
|
|
|
(princ (buffer-name)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
returns "The buffer is foo".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
|
|
|
|
|
|
a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
|
|
|
|
|
|
character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
|
|
|
|
|
|
(lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
|
|
|
|
|
|
through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called
|
|
|
|
|
|
"leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the
|
|
|
|
|
|
leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
|
|
|
|
|
|
(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
|
|
|
|
|
|
multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
|
|
|
|
|
|
character, which may be more than one buffer position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
|
|
|
|
|
|
always one buffer position, need to be changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
|
|
|
|
|
|
because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
|
|
|
|
|
|
guaranteed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
|
|
|
|
|
|
between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
|
|
|
|
|
|
character).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function
|
|
|
|
|
|
`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
|
|
|
|
|
|
more than the number of characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape,
|
|
|
|
|
|
\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which
|
|
|
|
|
|
is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to
|
|
|
|
|
|
follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
|
|
|
|
|
|
newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
and returns a string containing those characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
|
|
|
|
|
|
character, sref signals an error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the
|
|
|
|
|
|
string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the
|
|
|
|
|
|
region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string
|
|
|
|
|
|
to a vector of the characters in it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
of a string. You call it as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
|
|
|
|
|
|
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
|
|
|
|
|
|
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
|
|
|
|
|
|
to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does
|
|
|
|
|
|
not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
|
|
|
|
|
|
which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
|
|
|
|
|
|
are not included in the resulting value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
|
|
|
|
|
|
at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
|
|
|
|
|
|
WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
|
|
|
|
|
|
is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
|
|
|
|
|
|
place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
|
|
|
|
|
|
character extends across that column), then the padding character
|
|
|
|
|
|
PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
|
|
|
|
|
|
string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
|
|
|
|
|
|
column START-COLUMN.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
|
|
|
|
|
|
necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the
|
|
|
|
|
|
difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
changed text, before the change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
|
|
|
|
|
|
sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is
|
|
|
|
|
|
one character set for each script, not for each language.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
|
|
|
|
|
|
set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
|
|
|
|
|
|
name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
|
|
|
|
|
|
which identify the character within that character set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
|
|
|
|
|
|
byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the
|
|
|
|
|
|
opposite of split-char.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
|
|
|
|
|
|
of all the characters between BEG and END.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
|
|
|
|
|
|
of all the characters in a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
and specifying coding systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list
|
|
|
|
|
|
of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
|
|
|
|
|
|
and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
|
|
|
|
|
|
as what to do about code conversion.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
|
|
|
|
|
|
name. It returns t if so, nil if not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
|
|
|
|
|
|
for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
|
|
|
|
|
|
except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
|
|
|
|
|
|
which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp
|
|
|
|
|
|
to match against a file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
|
|
|
|
|
|
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the coding system for encoding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
|
|
|
|
|
|
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
|
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system to use for network sockets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
|
|
|
|
|
|
which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be
|
|
|
|
|
|
either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
|
|
|
|
|
|
service names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
|
|
|
|
|
|
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the coding system for encoding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
|
|
|
|
|
|
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
|
|
|
|
|
|
for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
|
|
|
|
|
|
except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
|
|
|
|
|
|
start the subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
|
|
|
|
|
|
when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
|
|
|
|
|
|
subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
|
|
|
|
|
|
but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
|
|
|
|
|
|
start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
|
|
|
|
|
|
connection permanently or until overridden.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
|
|
|
|
|
|
file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
|
|
|
|
|
|
network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
system for one operation at a time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
|
|
|
|
|
|
files, subprocesses or network connections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
|
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value is a cons cell,
|
|
|
|
|
|
(DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
|
|
|
|
|
|
where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
|
|
|
|
|
|
the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
|
|
|
|
|
|
input to the subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
|
change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
|
|
|
|
|
|
customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
|
|
|
|
|
|
you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
|
|
|
|
|
|
variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
|
|
|
|
|
|
information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
|
|
|
|
|
|
legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
|
|
|
|
|
|
customization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, instead of writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defvar foo-blurgoze nil
|
|
|
|
|
|
"*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
you would now write this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
|
|
|
|
|
|
"*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
|
|
|
|
|
|
:type 'boolean
|
|
|
|
|
|
:group foo)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
|
|
|
|
|
|
two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values
|
|
|
|
|
|
describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
|
|
|
|
|
|
for a description of them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
|
|
|
|
|
|
should belong to. You define a new group like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defgroup ispell nil
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Spell checking using Ispell."
|
|
|
|
|
|
:group 'processes)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root
|
|
|
|
|
|
group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
|
|
|
|
|
|
but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come
|
|
|
|
|
|
second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple
|
|
|
|
|
|
package should have just one group; a more complex package should
|
|
|
|
|
|
have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a
|
|
|
|
|
|
package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
|
|
|
|
|
|
first-level subgroups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
|
|
|
|
|
|
separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** easy-mmode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
|
|
|
|
|
|
developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code
|
|
|
|
|
|
only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles,
|
|
|
|
|
|
predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
|
|
|
|
|
|
`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also
|
|
|
|
|
|
`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Text property changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
|
|
|
|
|
|
text property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
|
|
|
|
|
|
previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
|
|
|
|
|
|
place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the
|
|
|
|
|
|
starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the
|
|
|
|
|
|
position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
|
|
|
|
|
|
value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This
|
|
|
|
|
|
is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in invisibility features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
|
|
|
|
|
|
hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
|
|
|
|
|
|
is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay
|
|
|
|
|
|
should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
|
|
|
|
|
|
would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
|
|
|
|
|
|
make the overlay visible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
|
|
|
|
|
|
invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
|
|
|
|
|
|
needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
|
|
|
|
|
|
the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
|
|
|
|
|
|
t when it should hide it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
|
|
|
|
|
|
invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
|
and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
|
|
|
|
|
|
manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is an example of how to do this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
|
|
|
|
|
|
;; If you don't want ellipsis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
(overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
;; When done with the overlays:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
|
|
|
|
|
|
;; Or respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in syntax parsing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
|
|
|
|
|
|
`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
|
|
|
|
|
|
obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
|
|
|
|
|
|
is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
|
|
|
|
|
|
used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
|
|
|
|
|
|
character in the buffer is calculated thus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
|
|
|
|
|
|
is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
|
|
|
|
|
|
syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
|
|
|
|
|
|
is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
|
|
|
|
|
|
(instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
|
|
|
|
|
|
determine the syntax type of the character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
|
|
|
|
|
|
value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as
|
|
|
|
|
|
for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
|
|
|
|
|
|
and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A
|
|
|
|
|
|
character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
|
|
|
|
|
|
another character with the same code (unless quoted).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
|
|
|
|
|
|
text property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
|
|
|
|
|
|
arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
|
|
|
|
|
|
of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
|
|
|
|
|
|
(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
|
|
|
|
|
|
element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
|
|
|
|
|
|
nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
|
|
|
|
|
|
string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
|
|
|
|
|
|
syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
|
|
|
|
|
|
`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in face features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
|
|
|
|
|
|
if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
|
|
|
|
|
|
of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
|
|
|
|
|
|
set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
|
|
|
|
|
|
set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
|
|
|
|
|
|
by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
|
|
|
|
|
|
and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
|
|
|
|
|
|
overlay property).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
|
|
|
|
|
|
arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in file-handling functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words,
|
|
|
|
|
|
they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
|
|
|
|
|
|
begins with ~.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
|
|
|
|
|
|
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
|
|
|
|
|
|
as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
|
|
|
|
|
|
character code conversion as well as other things.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
|
|
|
|
|
|
(formerly it did not).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
|
|
|
|
|
|
environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead of constant strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used
|
|
|
|
|
|
to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
|
|
|
|
|
|
any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the same way as before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
|
|
|
|
|
|
error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
|
|
|
|
|
|
else, and returns nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory cannot be listed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in minibuffer input
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
|
|
|
|
|
|
read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
|
|
|
|
|
|
additional argument which specifies the default value. If this
|
|
|
|
|
|
argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
|
|
|
|
|
|
ways:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is returned if the user enters empty input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is available through the history command M-n.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
|
|
|
|
|
|
read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
|
|
|
|
|
|
enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
|
|
|
|
|
|
argument in this way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Echo area features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
|
|
|
|
|
|
echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the
|
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
|
|
|
|
|
|
after the echo area is cleared.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Keyboard input features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
|
|
|
|
|
|
set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
|
|
|
|
|
|
received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated
|
|
|
|
|
|
by keyboard macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Frame-related changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
|
|
|
|
|
|
creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
|
|
|
|
|
|
hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
|
|
|
|
|
|
the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
|
|
|
|
|
|
selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
|
|
|
|
|
|
value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
|
|
|
|
|
|
is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies
|
|
|
|
|
|
which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** X Windows features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
|
|
|
|
|
|
x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
|
|
|
|
|
|
A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Subprocess features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
|
|
|
|
|
|
automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
|
|
|
|
|
|
and returns the output from the command as a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
|
|
|
|
|
|
does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
|
|
|
|
|
|
at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it
|
|
|
|
|
|
goes after the other menu items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
|
|
|
|
|
|
around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
|
|
|
|
|
|
are in use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
|
|
|
|
|
|
series of several changes--if that seems safe.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
|
|
|
|
|
|
after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
|
|
|
|
|
|
form.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
|
|
|
|
|
|
is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
|
|
|
|
|
|
but its hook is still run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
|
|
|
|
|
|
for errors that are handled by condition-case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
|
|
|
|
|
|
regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is
|
|
|
|
|
|
useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that
|
|
|
|
|
|
are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
|
|
|
|
|
|
filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't
|
|
|
|
|
|
warned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
|
|
|
|
|
|
way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
|
|
|
|
|
|
integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions like display-time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
|
|
|
|
|
|
name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
|
|
|
|
|
|
can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
|
|
|
|
|
|
if there is an error in compilation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
|
|
|
|
|
|
argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
|
they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
|
|
|
|
|
|
the *scratch* buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
|
|
|
|
|
|
e.g., in Font Lock mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
|
|
|
|
|
|
using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
|
|
|
|
|
|
variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window
|
|
|
|
|
|
and compose-mail-other-frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
|
|
|
|
|
|
can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The
|
|
|
|
|
|
full name of the specified user will be returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
|
|
|
|
|
|
of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
|
|
|
|
|
|
where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found
|
|
|
|
|
|
in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
|
|
|
|
|
|
option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
|
|
|
|
|
|
files at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
|
|
|
|
|
|
and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field
|
|
|
|
|
|
width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start
|
|
|
|
|
|
the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
|
|
|
|
|
|
minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
|
|
|
|
|
|
with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
|
|
|
|
|
|
is how %S normally pads to two positions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** imenu.el changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
|
|
|
|
|
|
item from menu created by imenu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
|
|
|
|
|
|
select one of those items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2007-02-11 01:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
2006-06-04 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-15 07:32:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
2007-02-11 01:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
2008-05-15 07:32:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
2007-02-11 01:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
|
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
|
|
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
2006-06-04 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-11 01:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
2008-05-15 07:32:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
2006-06-04 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local variables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
mode: outline
|
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
|
|
|
|
|
|
end:
|
